<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Tamccraw</id>
	<title>Expertiza_Wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Tamccraw"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=Special:Contributions/Tamccraw"/>
	<updated>2026-05-25T15:33:36Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.41.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27320</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/StacksAndQueues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27320"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T15:03:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* The Script */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/mqlyjmidijm/WWTBAM.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/nyzjnzmtwmt/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on &amp;quot;Who Wants To Be A Millionaire?&amp;quot; The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Process:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 1: &lt;br /&gt;
::The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 2: &lt;br /&gt;
::When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
::allowed to raise their hand and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 3: &lt;br /&gt;
::After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to&lt;br /&gt;
::answer the following question.&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 4: &lt;br /&gt;
::The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
::attempted by all students in the class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million &lt;br /&gt;
::dollar answer, may come up to the board and show the rest of the students. The answer will then&lt;br /&gt;
::be determined correct/incorrect by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game. If&lt;br /&gt;
::the student answers it incorrectly, another student may attempt to show his/her answer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Game:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Return to question slide by clicking the return arrow button&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Press the star button to view the amount of money won so far&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Press the home button to return to the Question/Money List slide&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The student may choose to use a lifeline:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *50-50: Clicking this button reduces question to two possible answers.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Phone Call: A group may call upon another random group within the classroom to help them answer the question.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Ask the Audience: A student may ask the classroom the question. In this case, the instructor may ask to see how many groups raise their hands for each answer.&lt;br /&gt;
:::::::: This will allow the group to make an answer based on the rest of the classroom's group's opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ICONS:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*House&lt;br /&gt;
:Takes you back to the Question/Money List slide&lt;br /&gt;
*Star&lt;br /&gt;
:Takes you from the answer slide to the Money Won slide&lt;br /&gt;
*Curved Arrow&lt;br /&gt;
:Takes you back to the previously answered question&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
*File Sharing Site: http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*PowerPoint Template: Designed and created by Jeff White (jcteacher@yahoo.com)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(This template design was drastically modified to suit the needs of the stacks and queues WWTBARS version of the game)&lt;br /&gt;
*The graphics and sounds used in this PowerPoint are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27318</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/StacksAndQueues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27318"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T15:00:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* Resources */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/mqlyjmidijm/WWTBAM.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/nyzjnzmtwmt/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Process:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 1: &lt;br /&gt;
::The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 2: &lt;br /&gt;
::When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
::allowed to raise their hand and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 3: &lt;br /&gt;
::After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to&lt;br /&gt;
::answer the following question.&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 4: &lt;br /&gt;
::The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
::attempted by all students in the class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million &lt;br /&gt;
::dollar answer, may come up to the board and show the rest of the students. The answer will then&lt;br /&gt;
::be determined correct/incorrect by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game. If&lt;br /&gt;
::the student answers it incorrectly, another student may attempt to show his/her answer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Game:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Return to question slide by clicking the return arrow button&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Press the star button to view the amount of money won so far&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Press the home button to return to the Question/Money List slide&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The student may choose to use a lifeline:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *50-50: Clicking this button reduces question to two possible answers.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Phone Call: A group may call upon another random group within the classroom to help them answer the question.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Ask the Audience: A student may ask the classroom the question. In this case, the instructor may ask to see how many groups raise their hands for each answer.&lt;br /&gt;
:::::::: This will allow the group to make an answer based on the rest of the classroom's group's opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ICONS:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*House&lt;br /&gt;
:Takes you back to the Question/Money List slide&lt;br /&gt;
*Star&lt;br /&gt;
:Takes you from the answer slide to the Money Won slide&lt;br /&gt;
*Curved Arrow&lt;br /&gt;
:Takes you back to the previously answered question&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
*File Sharing Site: http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*PowerPoint Template: Designed and created by Jeff White (jcteacher@yahoo.com)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(This template design was drastically modified to suit the needs of the stacks and queues WWTBARS version of the game)&lt;br /&gt;
*The graphics and sounds used in this PowerPoint are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27315</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/StacksAndQueues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27315"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T14:57:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* The Script */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/mqlyjmidijm/WWTBAM.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/nyzjnzmtwmt/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Process:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 1: &lt;br /&gt;
::The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 2: &lt;br /&gt;
::When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
::allowed to raise their hand and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 3: &lt;br /&gt;
::After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to&lt;br /&gt;
::answer the following question.&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 4: &lt;br /&gt;
::The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
::attempted by all students in the class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million &lt;br /&gt;
::dollar answer, may come up to the board and show the rest of the students. The answer will then&lt;br /&gt;
::be determined correct/incorrect by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game. If&lt;br /&gt;
::the student answers it incorrectly, another student may attempt to show his/her answer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Game:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Return to question slide by clicking the return arrow button&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Press the star button to view the amount of money won so far&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Press the home button to return to the Question/Money List slide&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The student may choose to use a lifeline:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *50-50: Clicking this button reduces question to two possible answers.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Phone Call: A group may call upon another random group within the classroom to help them answer the question.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Ask the Audience: A student may ask the classroom the question. In this case, the instructor may ask to see how many groups raise their hands for each answer.&lt;br /&gt;
:::::::: This will allow the group to make an answer based on the rest of the classroom's group's opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ICONS:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*House&lt;br /&gt;
:Takes you back to the Question/Money List slide&lt;br /&gt;
*Star&lt;br /&gt;
:Takes you from the answer slide to the Money Won slide&lt;br /&gt;
*Curved Arrow&lt;br /&gt;
:Takes you back to the previously answered question&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
*File Sharing Site: http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*PowerPoint Template: Designed and created by Jeff White (jcteacher@yahoo.com)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(This template design was drastically modified to suit the needs of the stacks and queues WWTBARS version of the game)&lt;br /&gt;
*The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27314</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/StacksAndQueues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27314"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T14:57:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* The Script */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/mqlyjmidijm/WWTBAM.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/nyzjnzmtwmt/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Process:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 1: &lt;br /&gt;
::The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 2: &lt;br /&gt;
::When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
::allowed to raise their hand and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 3: &lt;br /&gt;
::After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to&lt;br /&gt;
::answer the following question.&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 4: &lt;br /&gt;
::The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
::attempted by all students in the class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&lt;br /&gt;
::come up to the board and show the rest of the students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
::by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game. If the student answers it incorrectly, another student&lt;br /&gt;
::may attempt to show his/her answer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Game:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Return to question slide by clicking the return arrow button&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Press the star button to view the amount of money won so far&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Press the home button to return to the Question/Money List slide&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The student may choose to use a lifeline:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *50-50: Clicking this button reduces question to two possible answers.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Phone Call: A group may call upon another random group within the classroom to help them answer the question.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Ask the Audience: A student may ask the classroom the question. In this case, the instructor may ask to see how many groups raise their hands for each answer.&lt;br /&gt;
:::::::: This will allow the group to make an answer based on the rest of the classroom's group's opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ICONS:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*House&lt;br /&gt;
:Takes you back to the Question/Money List slide&lt;br /&gt;
*Star&lt;br /&gt;
:Takes you from the answer slide to the Money Won slide&lt;br /&gt;
*Curved Arrow&lt;br /&gt;
:Takes you back to the previously answered question&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
*File Sharing Site: http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*PowerPoint Template: Designed and created by Jeff White (jcteacher@yahoo.com)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(This template design was drastically modified to suit the needs of the stacks and queues WWTBARS version of the game)&lt;br /&gt;
*The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27312</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/StacksAndQueues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27312"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T14:55:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* The Script */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/mqlyjmidijm/WWTBAM.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/nyzjnzmtwmt/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Process:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 1: &lt;br /&gt;
::The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 2: &lt;br /&gt;
::When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
::allowed to raise their hand and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 3: &lt;br /&gt;
::After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer&lt;br /&gt;
::the following question.&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 4: &lt;br /&gt;
::The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
::attempted by all students in the class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&lt;br /&gt;
::come up to the board and show the rest of the students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
::by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game. If the student answers it incorrectly, another student&lt;br /&gt;
::may attempt to show his/her answer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Game:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Return to question slide by clicking the return arrow button&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Press the star button to view the amount of money won so far&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Press the home button to return to the Question/Money List slide&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The student may choose to use a lifeline:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *50-50: Clicking this button reduces question to two possible answers.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Phone Call: A group may call upon another random group within the classroom to help them answer the question.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Ask the Audience: A student may ask the classroom the question. In this case, the instructor may ask to see how many groups raise their hands for each answer.&lt;br /&gt;
:::::::: This will allow the group to make an answer based on the rest of the classroom's group's opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ICONS:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*House&lt;br /&gt;
:Takes you back to the Question/Money List slide&lt;br /&gt;
*Star&lt;br /&gt;
:Takes you from the answer slide to the Money Won slide&lt;br /&gt;
*Curved Arrow&lt;br /&gt;
:Takes you back to the previously answered question&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
*File Sharing Site: http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*PowerPoint Template: Designed and created by Jeff White (jcteacher@yahoo.com)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(This template design was drastically modified to suit the needs of the stacks and queues WWTBARS version of the game)&lt;br /&gt;
*The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27311</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/StacksAndQueues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27311"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T14:53:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* The Script */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/mqlyjmidijm/WWTBAM.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/nyzjnzmtwmt/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Process:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to raise their hand and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer&lt;br /&gt;
the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
attempted by all students in the class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&lt;br /&gt;
come up to the board and show the rest of the students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game. If the student answers it incorrectly, another student&lt;br /&gt;
may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Game:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Return to question slide by clicking the return arrow button&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Press the star button to view the amount of money won so far&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Press the home button to return to the Question/Money List slide&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The student may choose to use a lifeline:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *50-50: Clicking this button reduces question to two possible answers.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Phone Call: A group may call upon another random group within the classroom to help them answer the question.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Ask the Audience: A student may ask the classroom the question. In this case, the instructor may ask to see how many groups raise their hands for each answer.&lt;br /&gt;
:::::::: This will allow the group to make an answer based on the rest of the classroom's group's opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ICONS:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*House&lt;br /&gt;
:Takes you back to the Question/Money List slide&lt;br /&gt;
*Star&lt;br /&gt;
:Takes you from the answer slide to the Money Won slide&lt;br /&gt;
*Curved Arrow&lt;br /&gt;
:Takes you back to the previously answered question&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
*File Sharing Site: http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*PowerPoint Template: Designed and created by Jeff White (jcteacher@yahoo.com)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(This template design was drastically modified to suit the needs of the stacks and queues WWTBARS version of the game)&lt;br /&gt;
*The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27310</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/StacksAndQueues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27310"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T14:52:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* The Script */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/mqlyjmidijm/WWTBAM.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/nyzjnzmtwmt/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Process:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
:allowed to raise their hand&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer&lt;br /&gt;
:the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
attempted by all students in the&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&lt;br /&gt;
come up to the board and show the rest of&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;the students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If the student answers it incorrectly, another student&lt;br /&gt;
may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Game:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Return to question slide by clicking the return arrow button&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Press the star button to view the amount of money won so far&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Press the home button to return to the Question/Money List slide&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The student may choose to use a lifeline:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *50-50: Clicking this button reduces question to two possible answers.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Phone Call: A group may call upon another random group within the classroom to help them answer the question.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Ask the Audience: A student may ask the classroom the question. In this case, the instructor may ask to see how many groups raise their hands for each answer.&lt;br /&gt;
:::::::: This will allow the group to make an answer based on the rest of the classroom's group's opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ICONS:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*House&lt;br /&gt;
:Takes you back to the Question/Money List slide&lt;br /&gt;
*Star&lt;br /&gt;
:Takes you from the answer slide to the Money Won slide&lt;br /&gt;
*Curved Arrow&lt;br /&gt;
:Takes you back to the previously answered question&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
*File Sharing Site: http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*PowerPoint Template: Designed and created by Jeff White (jcteacher@yahoo.com)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(This template design was drastically modified to suit the needs of the stacks and queues WWTBARS version of the game)&lt;br /&gt;
*The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27299</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/StacksAndQueues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27299"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T13:31:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* The Script */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/mqlyjmidijm/WWTBAM.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/nyzjnzmtwmt/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Process:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to raise their hand&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer&lt;br /&gt;
the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
attempted by all students in the&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&lt;br /&gt;
come up to the board and show the rest of&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;the students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If the student answers it incorrectly, another student&lt;br /&gt;
may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Game:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Return to question slide by clicking the return arrow button&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Press the star button to view the amount of money won so far&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Press the home button to return to the Question/Money List slide&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The student may choose to use a lifeline:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *50-50: Clicking this button reduces question to two possible answers.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Phone Call: A group may call upon another random group within the classroom to help them answer the question.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Ask the Audience: A student may ask the classroom the question. In this case, the instructor may ask to see how many groups raise their hands for each answer.&lt;br /&gt;
:::::::: This will allow the group to make an answer based on the rest of the classroom's group's opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ICONS:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*House&lt;br /&gt;
:Takes you back to the Question/Money List slide&lt;br /&gt;
*Star&lt;br /&gt;
:Takes you from the answer slide to the Money Won slide&lt;br /&gt;
*Curved Arrow&lt;br /&gt;
:Takes you back to the previously answered question&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
*File Sharing Site: http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*PowerPoint Template: Designed and created by Jeff White (jcteacher@yahoo.com)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(This template design was drastically modified to suit the needs of the stacks and queues WWTBARS version of the game)&lt;br /&gt;
*The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27298</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/StacksAndQueues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27298"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T13:30:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* The Script */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/mqlyjmidijm/WWTBAM.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/nyzjnzmtwmt/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Process:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to raise their hand&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer&lt;br /&gt;
the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
attempted by all students in the&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&lt;br /&gt;
come up to the board and show the rest of&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;the students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If the student answers it incorrectly, another student&lt;br /&gt;
may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Game:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Return to question slide by clicking the return arrow button&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Press the star button to view the amount of money won so far&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Press the home button to return to the Question/Money List slide&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The student may choose to use a lifeline:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *50-50: Clicking this button reduces question to two possible answers.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Phone Call: A group may call upon another random group within the classroom to help them answer the question.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Ask the Audience: A student may ask the classroom the question. In this case, the instructor may ask to see how many groups raise their hands for each answer.&lt;br /&gt;
:::::::: This will allow the group to make an answer based on the rest of the classroom's group's opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ICONS:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*House&lt;br /&gt;
:Takes you back to the Question/Money List slide&lt;br /&gt;
*Star&lt;br /&gt;
:Takes you from the answer slide to the Money Won slide&lt;br /&gt;
*Curved Arrow&lt;br /&gt;
:Takes you back to the previously answered question&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
*File Sharing Site: http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*PowerPoint Template: Designed and created by Jeff White (jcteacher@yahoo.com)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(This template design was drastically modified to suit the needs of the stacks and queues WWTBARS version of the game)&lt;br /&gt;
*The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27297</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/StacksAndQueues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27297"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T13:28:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* The Script */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/mqlyjmidijm/WWTBAM.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/nyzjnzmtwmt/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Process:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to raise their hand&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer&lt;br /&gt;
the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
attempted by all students in the&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&lt;br /&gt;
come up to the board and show the rest of&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;the students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If the student answers it incorrectly, another student&lt;br /&gt;
may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Game:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Return to question slide by clicking the return arrow button&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Press the star button to view the amount of money won so far&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Press the home button to return to the Question/Money List slide&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The student may choose to use a lifeline:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *50-50: Clicking this button reduces question to two possible answers.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Phone Call: A student may call upon another random group within the classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Ask the Audience: A student may ask the classroom the question. In this case, the instructor may ask to see how many groups raise their hands for each answer.&lt;br /&gt;
:::::::: This will allow the group to make an answer based on the rest of the classroom's group's opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ICONS:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*House&lt;br /&gt;
:Takes you back to the Question/Money List slide&lt;br /&gt;
*Star&lt;br /&gt;
:Takes you from the answer slide to the Money Won slide&lt;br /&gt;
*Curved Arrow&lt;br /&gt;
:Takes you back to the previously answered question&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
*File Sharing Site: http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*PowerPoint Template: Designed and created by Jeff White (jcteacher@yahoo.com)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(This template design was drastically modified to suit the needs of the stacks and queues WWTBARS version of the game)&lt;br /&gt;
*The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27292</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/StacksAndQueues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27292"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T13:22:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* The Script */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/mqlyjmidijm/WWTBAM.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/nyzjnzmtwmt/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Process:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to raise their hand&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer&lt;br /&gt;
the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
attempted by all students in the&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&lt;br /&gt;
come up to the board and show the rest of&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;the students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If the student answers it incorrectly, another student&lt;br /&gt;
may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Game:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Return to question slide by clicking the return arrow button&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Press the star button to view the amount of money won so far&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Press the home button to return to the Question/Money List slide&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The student may choose to use a lifeline:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *50-50: Clicking this button reduces question to two possible answers.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Phone Call: A student may call upon another random group within the classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Ask the Audience: A student may ask the classroom the question. In this case, the instructor may ask to see how many groups raise their hands for each answer.&lt;br /&gt;
:::::::: This will allow the group to make an answer based on the rest of the classroom's group's opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ICONS:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*? &lt;br /&gt;
:Takes you to the answer slide&lt;br /&gt;
*Star&lt;br /&gt;
:Takes you from the answer slide to the Money Won slide&lt;br /&gt;
*House&lt;br /&gt;
:Takes you back to the Cash Board&lt;br /&gt;
*Curved Arrow&lt;br /&gt;
:Takes you back to the previously answered question&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
*File Sharing Site: http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*PowerPoint Template: Designed and created by Jeff White (jcteacher@yahoo.com)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(This template design was drastically modified to suit the needs of the stacks and queues WWTBARS version of the game)&lt;br /&gt;
*The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27290</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/StacksAndQueues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27290"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T13:21:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* Resources */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/mqlyjmidijm/WWTBAM.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/nyzjnzmtwmt/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Process:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to raise their hand&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer&lt;br /&gt;
the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
attempted by all students in the&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&lt;br /&gt;
come up to the board and show the rest of&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;the students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If the student answers it incorrectly, another student&lt;br /&gt;
may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Game:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Return to question slide by clicking the return arrow button&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Press the star button to view the amount of money won so far&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Press the home button to return to the Question/Money List slide&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The student may choose to use a lifeline:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *50-50: Clicking this button reduces question to two possible answers.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Phone Call: A student may call upon another random group within the classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Ask the Audience: A student may ask the classroom the question. In this case, the instructor may ask to see how many groups raise their hands for each answer.&lt;br /&gt;
:::::::: This will allow the group to make an answer based on the rest of the classroom's group's opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ICONS:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*? &lt;br /&gt;
**Takes you to the answer slide&lt;br /&gt;
*Star&lt;br /&gt;
**Takes you from the answer slide to the Money Won slide&lt;br /&gt;
*House&lt;br /&gt;
**Takes you back to the Cash Board&lt;br /&gt;
*Curved Arrow&lt;br /&gt;
**Takes you back to the previously answered question&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
*File Sharing Site: http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*PowerPoint Template: Designed and created by Jeff White (jcteacher@yahoo.com)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(This template design was drastically modified to suit the needs of the stacks and queues WWTBARS version of the game)&lt;br /&gt;
*The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27289</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/StacksAndQueues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27289"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T13:21:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* Resources */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/mqlyjmidijm/WWTBAM.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/nyzjnzmtwmt/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Process:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to raise their hand&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer&lt;br /&gt;
the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
attempted by all students in the&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&lt;br /&gt;
come up to the board and show the rest of&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;the students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If the student answers it incorrectly, another student&lt;br /&gt;
may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Game:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Return to question slide by clicking the return arrow button&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Press the star button to view the amount of money won so far&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Press the home button to return to the Question/Money List slide&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The student may choose to use a lifeline:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *50-50: Clicking this button reduces question to two possible answers.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Phone Call: A student may call upon another random group within the classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Ask the Audience: A student may ask the classroom the question. In this case, the instructor may ask to see how many groups raise their hands for each answer.&lt;br /&gt;
:::::::: This will allow the group to make an answer based on the rest of the classroom's group's opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ICONS:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*? &lt;br /&gt;
**Takes you to the answer slide&lt;br /&gt;
*Star&lt;br /&gt;
**Takes you from the answer slide to the Money Won slide&lt;br /&gt;
*House&lt;br /&gt;
**Takes you back to the Cash Board&lt;br /&gt;
*Curved Arrow&lt;br /&gt;
**Takes you back to the previously answered question&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
*File Sharing Site: http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*PowerPoint Template: Designed and created by Jeff White (jcteacher@yahoo.com)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(This template design was drastically modified to suit the needs of the stacks and queues WWTBARS version of the game)&lt;br /&gt;
*The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
*File Sharing Site: http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*PowerPoint Template: Designed and created by Jeff White (jcteacher@yahoo.com)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(This template design was drastically modified to suit the needs of the stacks and queues WWTBARS version of the game)&lt;br /&gt;
*The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27288</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/StacksAndQueues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27288"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T13:20:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* The Script */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/mqlyjmidijm/WWTBAM.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/nyzjnzmtwmt/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Process:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to raise their hand&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer&lt;br /&gt;
the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
attempted by all students in the&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&lt;br /&gt;
come up to the board and show the rest of&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;the students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If the student answers it incorrectly, another student&lt;br /&gt;
may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Game:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Return to question slide by clicking the return arrow button&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Press the star button to view the amount of money won so far&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Press the home button to return to the Question/Money List slide&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The student may choose to use a lifeline:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::: *50-50: Clicking this button reduces question to two possible answers.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Phone Call: A student may call upon another random group within the classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Ask the Audience: A student may ask the classroom the question. In this case, the instructor may ask to see how many groups raise their hands for each answer.&lt;br /&gt;
:::::::: This will allow the group to make an answer based on the rest of the classroom's group's opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ICONS:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*? &lt;br /&gt;
**Takes you to the answer slide&lt;br /&gt;
*Star&lt;br /&gt;
**Takes you from the answer slide to the Money Won slide&lt;br /&gt;
*House&lt;br /&gt;
**Takes you back to the Cash Board&lt;br /&gt;
*Curved Arrow&lt;br /&gt;
**Takes you back to the previously answered question&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
*File Sharing Site: http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*PowerPoint Template: Designed and created by Jeff White (jcteacher@yahoo.com)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(This template design was drastically modified to suit the needs of the stacks and queues WWTBARS version of the game)&lt;br /&gt;
*The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
*File Sharing Site: http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*PowerPoint Template: Designed and created by Jeff White (jcteacher@yahoo.com)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(This template design was drastically modified to suit the needs of the stacks and queues WWTBARS version of the game)&lt;br /&gt;
*The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
*File Sharing Site: http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*PowerPoint Template: Designed and created by Jeff White (jcteacher@yahoo.com)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(This template design was drastically modified to suit the needs of the stacks and queues WWTBARS version of the game)&lt;br /&gt;
*The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27285</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/StacksAndQueues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27285"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T13:18:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* The Script */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/mqlyjmidijm/WWTBAM.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/nyzjnzmtwmt/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Process:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to raise their hand&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer&lt;br /&gt;
the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
attempted by all students in the&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&lt;br /&gt;
come up to the board and show the rest of&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;the students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If the student answers it incorrectly, another student&lt;br /&gt;
may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Game:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Return to question slide by clicking the return arrow button&lt;br /&gt;
:::If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Press the star button to view the amount of money won so far&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Press the home button to return to the Question/Money List slide&lt;br /&gt;
:::The student may choose to use a lifeline:&lt;br /&gt;
::: *50-50: Clicking this button reduces question to two possible answers.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Phone Call: A student may call upon another random group within the classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Ask the Audience: A student may ask the classroom the question. In this case, the instructor may ask to see how many groups raise their hands for each answer.&lt;br /&gt;
:::::::: This will allow the group to make an answer based on the rest of the classroom's group's opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ICONS:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*? &lt;br /&gt;
**Takes you to the answer slide&lt;br /&gt;
*Star&lt;br /&gt;
**Takes you from the answer slide to the Money Won slide&lt;br /&gt;
*House&lt;br /&gt;
**Takes you back to the Cash Board&lt;br /&gt;
*Curved Arrow&lt;br /&gt;
**Takes you back to the previously answered question&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
*File Sharing Site: http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*PowerPoint Template: Designed and created by Jeff White (jcteacher@yahoo.com)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(This template design was drastically modified to suit the needs of the stacks and queues WWTBARS version of the game)&lt;br /&gt;
*The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
*File Sharing Site: http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*PowerPoint Template: Designed and created by Jeff White (jcteacher@yahoo.com)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(This template design was drastically modified to suit the needs of the stacks and queues WWTBARS version of the game)&lt;br /&gt;
*The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27283</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/StacksAndQueues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27283"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T13:17:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* The Script */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/mqlyjmidijm/WWTBAM.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/nyzjnzmtwmt/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Process:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to raise their hand&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer&lt;br /&gt;
the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
attempted by all students in the&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&lt;br /&gt;
come up to the board and show the rest of&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;the students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If the student answers it incorrectly, another student&lt;br /&gt;
may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Game:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Return to question slide by clicking the return arrow button&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Press the star button to view the amount of money won so far&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Press the home button to return to the Question/Money List slide&lt;br /&gt;
*#*The student may choose to use a lifeline:&lt;br /&gt;
::: *50-50: Clicking this button reduces question to two possible answers.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Phone Call: A student may call upon another random group within the classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Ask the Audience: A student may ask the classroom the question. In this case, the instructor may ask to see how many groups raise their hands for each answer.&lt;br /&gt;
:::::::: This will allow the group to make an answer based on the rest of the classroom's group's opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ICONS:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*? &lt;br /&gt;
**Takes you to the answer slide&lt;br /&gt;
*Star&lt;br /&gt;
**Takes you from the answer slide to the Money Won slide&lt;br /&gt;
*House&lt;br /&gt;
**Takes you back to the Cash Board&lt;br /&gt;
*Curved Arrow&lt;br /&gt;
**Takes you back to the previously answered question&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
*File Sharing Site: http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*PowerPoint Template: Designed and created by Jeff White (jcteacher@yahoo.com)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(This template design was drastically modified to suit the needs of the stacks and queues WWTBARS version of the game)&lt;br /&gt;
*The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
*File Sharing Site: http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*PowerPoint Template: Designed and created by Jeff White (jcteacher@yahoo.com)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(This template design was drastically modified to suit the needs of the stacks and queues WWTBARS version of the game)&lt;br /&gt;
*The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27281</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/StacksAndQueues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27281"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T13:16:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* The Script */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/mqlyjmidijm/WWTBAM.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/nyzjnzmtwmt/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Process:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to raise their hand&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer&lt;br /&gt;
the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
attempted by all students in the&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&lt;br /&gt;
come up to the board and show the rest of&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;the students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If the student answers it incorrectly, another student&lt;br /&gt;
may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Game:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Return to question slide by clicking the return arrow button&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Press the star button to view the amount of money won so far&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Press the home button to return to the Question/Money List slide&lt;br /&gt;
*#*The student may choose to use a lifeline:&lt;br /&gt;
::: *50-50: Clicking this button reduces question to two possible answers.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Phone Call: A student may call upon another random group within the classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Ask the Audience: A student may ask the classroom the question. In this case, the instructor may ask to see how many groups raise their hands for each answer.&lt;br /&gt;
:::::::: This will allow the group to make an answer based on the rest of the classroom's group's opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ICONS:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*? &lt;br /&gt;
**Takes you to the answer slide&lt;br /&gt;
*Star&lt;br /&gt;
**Takes you from the answer slide to the Money Won slide&lt;br /&gt;
*House&lt;br /&gt;
**Takes you back to the Cash Board&lt;br /&gt;
*Curved Arrow&lt;br /&gt;
**Takes you back to the previously answered question&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
*File Sharing Site: http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*PowerPoint Template: Designed and created by Jeff White (jcteacher@yahoo.com)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(This template design was drastically modified to suit the needs of the stacks and queues WWTBARS version of the game)&lt;br /&gt;
*The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27280</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/StacksAndQueues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27280"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T13:14:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* The Script */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/mqlyjmidijm/WWTBAM.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/nyzjnzmtwmt/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Process:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to raise their hand&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer&lt;br /&gt;
the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
attempted by all students in the&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&lt;br /&gt;
come up to the board and show the rest of&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;the students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If the student answers it incorrectly, another student&lt;br /&gt;
may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Game:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Return to question slide by clicking the return arrow button&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Press the star button to view the amount of money won so far&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Press the home button to return to the Question/Money List slide&lt;br /&gt;
*#*The student may choose to use a lifeline:&lt;br /&gt;
::: *50-50: Clicking this button reduces question to two possible answers.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Phone Call: A student may call upon another random group within the classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Ask the Audience: A student may ask the classroom the question. In this case, the instructor may ask to see how many groups raise their hands for each answer.&lt;br /&gt;
:::::::: This will allow the group to make an answer based on the rest of the classroom's group's opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
*File Sharing Site: http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*PowerPoint Template: Designed and created by Jeff White (jcteacher@yahoo.com)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(This template design was drastically modified to suit the needs of the stacks and queues WWTBARS version of the game)&lt;br /&gt;
*The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27277</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/StacksAndQueues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27277"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T13:09:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* Resources */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/mqlyjmidijm/WWTBAM.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/nyzjnzmtwmt/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Process:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to raise their hand&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer&lt;br /&gt;
the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
attempted by all students in the&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&lt;br /&gt;
come up to the board and show the rest of&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;the students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If the student answers it incorrectly, another student&lt;br /&gt;
may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Game:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
*#*The student may choose to use a lifeline:&lt;br /&gt;
::: *50-50: Clicking this button reduces question to two possible answers&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Phone Call: A student may call upon another random group within the classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Ask the Audience: A student may ask the classroom the question. In this case, the instructor may ask to see how many groups raise their hands for each answer.&lt;br /&gt;
:::::::: This will allow the group to make an answer based on the rest of the classroom's group's opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
*File Sharing Site: http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*PowerPoint Template: Designed and created by Jeff White (jcteacher@yahoo.com)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:(This template design was drastically modified to suit the needs of the stacks and queues WWTBARS version of the game)&lt;br /&gt;
*The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27275</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/StacksAndQueues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27275"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T13:08:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* Resources */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/mqlyjmidijm/WWTBAM.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/nyzjnzmtwmt/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Process:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to raise their hand&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer&lt;br /&gt;
the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
attempted by all students in the&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&lt;br /&gt;
come up to the board and show the rest of&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;the students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If the student answers it incorrectly, another student&lt;br /&gt;
may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Game:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
*#*The student may choose to use a lifeline:&lt;br /&gt;
::: *50-50: Clicking this button reduces question to two possible answers&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Phone Call: A student may call upon another random group within the classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Ask the Audience: A student may ask the classroom the question. In this case, the instructor may ask to see how many groups raise their hands for each answer.&lt;br /&gt;
:::::::: This will allow the group to make an answer based on the rest of the classroom's group's opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
*File Sharing Site: http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*PowerPoint Template: Designed and created by Jeff White (jcteacher@yahoo.com)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27274</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/StacksAndQueues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27274"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T13:07:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* Resources */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/mqlyjmidijm/WWTBAM.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/nyzjnzmtwmt/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Process:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to raise their hand&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer&lt;br /&gt;
the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
attempted by all students in the&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&lt;br /&gt;
come up to the board and show the rest of&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;the students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If the student answers it incorrectly, another student&lt;br /&gt;
may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Game:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
*#*The student may choose to use a lifeline:&lt;br /&gt;
::: *50-50: Clicking this button reduces question to two possible answers&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Phone Call: A student may call upon another random group within the classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Ask the Audience: A student may ask the classroom the question. In this case, the instructor may ask to see how many groups raise their hands for each answer.&lt;br /&gt;
:::::::: This will allow the group to make an answer based on the rest of the classroom's group's opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
PowerPoint Template designed and created by Jeff White (jcteacher@yahoo.com)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27273</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/StacksAndQueues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27273"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T13:05:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* Resources */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/mqlyjmidijm/WWTBAM.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/nyzjnzmtwmt/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Process:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to raise their hand&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer&lt;br /&gt;
the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
attempted by all students in the&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&lt;br /&gt;
come up to the board and show the rest of&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;the students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If the student answers it incorrectly, another student&lt;br /&gt;
may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Game:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
*#*The student may choose to use a lifeline:&lt;br /&gt;
::: *50-50: Clicking this button reduces question to two possible answers&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Phone Call: A student may call upon another random group within the classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Ask the Audience: A student may ask the classroom the question. In this case, the instructor may ask to see how many groups raise their hands for each answer.&lt;br /&gt;
:::::::: This will allow the group to make an answer based on the rest of the classroom's group's opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
PowerPoint Template designed and created by Jeff White (jcteacher@yahoo.com)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27272</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/StacksAndQueues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27272"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T13:03:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* The Script */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/mqlyjmidijm/WWTBAM.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/nyzjnzmtwmt/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Process:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to raise their hand&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer&lt;br /&gt;
the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
attempted by all students in the&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&lt;br /&gt;
come up to the board and show the rest of&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;the students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If the student answers it incorrectly, another student&lt;br /&gt;
may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The Game:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
*#*The student may choose to use a lifeline:&lt;br /&gt;
::: *50-50: Clicking this button reduces question to two possible answers&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Phone Call: A student may call upon another random group within the classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Ask the Audience: A student may ask the classroom the question. In this case, the instructor may ask to see how many groups raise their hands for each answer.&lt;br /&gt;
:::::::: This will allow the group to make an answer based on the rest of the classroom's group's opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.geocities.com/jcteacher/tech/&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27255</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/StacksAndQueues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27255"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T05:49:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/mqlyjmidijm/WWTBAM.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/nyzjnzmtwmt/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to raise their hand&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer&lt;br /&gt;
the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
attempted by all students in the&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&lt;br /&gt;
come up to the board and show the rest of&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;the students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If the student answers it incorrectly, another student&lt;br /&gt;
may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Game:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
*#*The student may choose to use a lifeline:&lt;br /&gt;
::: *50-50: Clicking this button reduces question to two possible answers&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Phone Call: A student may call upon another random group within the classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Ask the Audience: A student may ask the classroom the question. In this case, the instructor may ask to see how many groups raise their hands for each answer.&lt;br /&gt;
:::::::: This will allow the group to make an answer based on the rest of the classroom's group's opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.geocities.com/jcteacher/tech/&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27247</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/StacksAndQueues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27247"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T05:35:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/djjmjhyoglz/WWTBAM.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/djjmjhyoglz/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to raise their hand&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer&lt;br /&gt;
the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
attempted by all students in the&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&lt;br /&gt;
come up to the board and show the rest of&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;the students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If the student answers it incorrectly, another student&lt;br /&gt;
may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Game:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
*#*The student may choose to use a lifeline:&lt;br /&gt;
::: *50-50: Clicking this button reduces question to two possible answers&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Phone Call: A student may call upon another random group within the classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Ask the Audience: A student may ask the classroom the question. In this case, the instructor may ask to see how many groups raise their hands for each answer.&lt;br /&gt;
:::::::: This will allow the group to make an answer based on the rest of the classroom's group's opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.geocities.com/jcteacher/tech/&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27246</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/StacksAndQueues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27246"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T05:34:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/djjmjhyoglz/WWTBAM.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/djjmjhyoglz/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to raise their hand&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer&lt;br /&gt;
the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
attempted by all students in the&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&lt;br /&gt;
come up to the board and show the rest of&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;the students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If the student answers it incorrectly, another student&lt;br /&gt;
may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Game:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
*#*The student may choose to use a lifeline:&lt;br /&gt;
::: *50-50: Clicking this button reduces question to two possible answers&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Phone Call: A student may call upon another random group within the classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Ask the Audience: A student may ask the classroom the question. In this case, the instructor may ask to see how many groups raise their hands for each answer.&lt;br /&gt;
::::::: This will allow the group to make an answer based on the rest of the classroom's group's opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.geocities.com/jcteacher/tech/&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27245</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/StacksAndQueues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27245"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T05:34:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/djjmjhyoglz/WWTBAM.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/djjmjhyoglz/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to raise their hand&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer&lt;br /&gt;
the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
attempted by all students in the&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&lt;br /&gt;
come up to the board and show the rest of&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;the students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If the student answers it incorrectly, another student&lt;br /&gt;
may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Game:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
*#*The student may choose to use a lifeline:&lt;br /&gt;
::: *50-50: Clicking this button reduces question to two possible answers&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Phone Call: A student may call upon another random group within the classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Ask the Audience: A student may ask the classroom the question. In this case, the instructor may ask to see how many groups raise their hands for each answer.&lt;br /&gt;
:::::: This will allow the group to make an answer based on the rest of the classroom's group's opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.geocities.com/jcteacher/tech/&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27244</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/StacksAndQueues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27244"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T05:34:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/djjmjhyoglz/WWTBAM.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/djjmjhyoglz/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to raise their hand&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer&lt;br /&gt;
the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
attempted by all students in the&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&lt;br /&gt;
come up to the board and show the rest of&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;the students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If the student answers it incorrectly, another student&lt;br /&gt;
may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Game:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
*#*The student may choose to use a lifeline:&lt;br /&gt;
::: *50-50: Clicking this button reduces question to two possible answers&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Phone Call: A student may call upon another random group within the classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Ask the Audience: A student may ask the classroom the question. In this case, the instructor may ask to see how many groups raise their hands for each answer.&lt;br /&gt;
::::: This will allow the group to make an answer based on the rest of the classroom's group's opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.geocities.com/jcteacher/tech/&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27243</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/StacksAndQueues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27243"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T05:34:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/djjmjhyoglz/WWTBAM.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/djjmjhyoglz/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to raise their hand&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer&lt;br /&gt;
the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
attempted by all students in the&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&lt;br /&gt;
come up to the board and show the rest of&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;the students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If the student answers it incorrectly, another student&lt;br /&gt;
may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Game:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
*#*The student may choose to use a lifeline:&lt;br /&gt;
::: *50-50: Clicking this button reduces question to two possible answers&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Phone Call: A student may call upon another random group within the classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Ask the Audience: A student may ask the classroom the question. In this case, the instructor may ask to see how many groups raise their hands for each answer.&lt;br /&gt;
:::: This will allow the group to make an answer based on the rest of the classroom's group's opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.geocities.com/jcteacher/tech/&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27242</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/StacksAndQueues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27242"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T05:33:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/djjmjhyoglz/WWTBAM.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/djjmjhyoglz/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to raise their hand&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer&lt;br /&gt;
the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
attempted by all students in the&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&lt;br /&gt;
come up to the board and show the rest of&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;the students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If the student answers it incorrectly, another student&lt;br /&gt;
may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Game:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
*#*The student may choose to use a lifeline:&lt;br /&gt;
::: *50-50: Clicking this button reduces question to two possible answers&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Phone Call: A student may call upon another random group within the classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
::: *Ask the Audience: A student may ask the classroom the question. In this case, the instructor may ask to see how many groups raise their hands for each answer.&lt;br /&gt;
:::: *This will allow the group to make an answer based on the rest of the classroom's group's opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.geocities.com/jcteacher/tech/&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27239</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/StacksAndQueues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27239"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T05:30:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/djjmjhyoglz/WWTBAM.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/djjmjhyoglz/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to raise their hand&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer&lt;br /&gt;
the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
attempted by all students in the&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&lt;br /&gt;
come up to the board and show the rest of&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;the students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If the student answers it incorrectly, another student&lt;br /&gt;
may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Game:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
*#*The student may choose to use a lifeline:&lt;br /&gt;
::: 50-50: Clicking this button reduces question to two possible answers&lt;br /&gt;
::: Phone Call: A student may call upon another random group within the classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
::: Ask the Audience: A student may ask the classroom the question. In this case, the instructor may ask to see how many groups raise their hands for each answer.&lt;br /&gt;
:::: This will allow the group to make an answer based on the rest of the classroom's group's opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.geocities.com/jcteacher/tech/&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27234</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/StacksAndQueues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27234"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T05:26:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/djjmjhyoglz/WWTBAM.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/djjmjhyoglz/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to raise their hand&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer&lt;br /&gt;
the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
attempted by all students in the&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&lt;br /&gt;
come up to the board and show the rest of&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;the students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If the student answers it incorrectly, another student&lt;br /&gt;
may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Game:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
*#*The student may choose to use a lifeline:&lt;br /&gt;
: 50-50: Clicking this button reduces question to two possible answers&lt;br /&gt;
: Phone Call: A student may call upon another random group within the classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
: Ask the Audience: A student may ask the classroom the question. In this case, the instructor may ask to see how many groups raise their hands for each answer.&lt;br /&gt;
:: This will allow the group to make an answer based on the rest of the classroom's group's opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.geocities.com/jcteacher/tech/&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27231</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/StacksAndQueues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27231"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T05:13:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/djjmjhyoglz/WWTBAM.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/djjmjhyoglz/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt; The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to raise their hand&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer&lt;br /&gt;
the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
attempted by all students in the&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&lt;br /&gt;
come up to the board and show the rest of&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;the students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If the student answers it incorrectly, another student&lt;br /&gt;
may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Game:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.geocities.com/jcteacher/tech/&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27230</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/StacksAndQueues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27230"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T05:13:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/djjmjhyoglz/WWTBAM.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/djjmjhyoglz/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt; The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to raise their hand&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer&lt;br /&gt;
the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
attempted by all students in the&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&lt;br /&gt;
come up to the board and show the rest of&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;the students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If the student answers it incorrectly, another student&lt;br /&gt;
may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Game:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.geocities.com/jcteacher/tech/&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27229</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/StacksAndQueues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27229"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T05:11:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/djjmjhyoglz/WWTBAM.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/djjmjhyoglz/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt; The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to raise their hand&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer&lt;br /&gt;
the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
attempted by all students in the&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&lt;br /&gt;
come up to the board and show the rest of&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;the students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If the student answers it incorrectly, another student&lt;br /&gt;
may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Game:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.geocities.com/jcteacher/tech/&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27225</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/StacksAndQueues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27225"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T05:09:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/djjmjhyoglz/WWTBAM.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/djjmjhyoglz/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt; The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to raise their hand&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer&lt;br /&gt;
the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
attempted by all students in the&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&lt;br /&gt;
come up to the board and show the rest of&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;the students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If the student answers it incorrectly, another student&lt;br /&gt;
may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Game:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.geocities.com/jcteacher/tech/&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27212</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/StacksAndQueues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27212"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T03:11:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/hzwym5hyjvm/WWTBAMflash.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/zewojgvjdym/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt; The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to raise their hand&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer&lt;br /&gt;
the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
attempted by all students in the&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&lt;br /&gt;
come up to the board and show the rest of&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;the students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If the student answers it incorrectly, another student&lt;br /&gt;
may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Game:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.geocities.com/jcteacher/tech/&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and were obtained from both the ABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27211</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/StacksAndQueues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27211"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T03:10:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* Resources */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/hzwym5hyjvm/WWTBAMflash.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/zewojgvjdym/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt; The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to raise their hand&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer&lt;br /&gt;
the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
attempted by all students in the&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&lt;br /&gt;
come up to the board and show the rest of&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;the students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If the student answers it incorrectly, another student&lt;br /&gt;
may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Game:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.geocities.com/jcteacher/tech/&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and were obtained from both theABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27210</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/StacksAndQueues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27210"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T03:09:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* Resources */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/hzwym5hyjvm/WWTBAMflash.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/zewojgvjdym/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt; The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to raise their hand&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer&lt;br /&gt;
the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
attempted by all students in the&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&lt;br /&gt;
come up to the board and show the rest of&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;the students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If the student answers it incorrectly, another student&lt;br /&gt;
may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Game:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.mediafire.com&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.geocities.com/jcteacher/tech/&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The graphics and sounds used in this template are recorded from the television show “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire,”&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and were obtained from both theABC “WWTBAM” website and the ITV “WWTBAM” website.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/LinkedList&amp;diff=27185</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/LinkedList</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/LinkedList&amp;diff=27185"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T02:06:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27184</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/StacksAndQueues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/StacksAndQueues&amp;diff=27184"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T02:06:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/hzwym5hyjvm/WWTBAMflash.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/zewojgvjdym/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt; The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to raise their hand&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer&lt;br /&gt;
the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
attempted by all students in the&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&lt;br /&gt;
come up to the board and show the rest of&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;the students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If the student answers it incorrectly, another student&lt;br /&gt;
may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Game:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.mediafire.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/LinkedList&amp;diff=27181</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/LinkedList</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/LinkedList&amp;diff=27181"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T02:03:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* The Script */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/hzwym5hyjvm/WWTBAMflash.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/zewojgvjdym/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt; The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to raise their hand&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer&lt;br /&gt;
the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
attempted by all students in the&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&lt;br /&gt;
come up to the board and show the rest of&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;the students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If the student answers it incorrectly, another student&lt;br /&gt;
may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Game:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.mediafire.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/LinkedList&amp;diff=27180</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/LinkedList</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/LinkedList&amp;diff=27180"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T02:02:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* The Script */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/hzwym5hyjvm/WWTBAMflash.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/zewojgvjdym/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt; The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to raise their hand&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer&lt;br /&gt;
the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
attempted by all students in the&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&lt;br /&gt;
come up to the board and show the rest of&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;the students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
by the professor or the correct answer&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;shown on the game. If the student answers it incorrectly,&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;another student&lt;br /&gt;
may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Game:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.mediafire.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/LinkedList&amp;diff=27179</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/LinkedList</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/LinkedList&amp;diff=27179"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T01:58:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* The Script */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/hzwym5hyjvm/WWTBAMflash.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/zewojgvjdym/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt; The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to raise their hand&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer&lt;br /&gt;
the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
attempted by all students in the&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&lt;br /&gt;
come up to the board and show the rest of&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;the students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
by the professor&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;or the correct answer shown on the game. If the student answers it incorrectly,&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;another student&lt;br /&gt;
may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Game:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.mediafire.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/LinkedList&amp;diff=27177</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/LinkedList</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/LinkedList&amp;diff=27177"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T01:54:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* The Script */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/hzwym5hyjvm/WWTBAMflash.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/zewojgvjdym/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt; The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to raise their hand and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer&lt;br /&gt;
the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&lt;br /&gt;
attempted by all students in the class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&lt;br /&gt;
come up to the board and show the rest of the students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game. If the student answers it incorrectly, another student&lt;br /&gt;
may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Game:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.mediafire.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/LinkedList&amp;diff=27176</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/LinkedList</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/LinkedList&amp;diff=27176"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T01:52:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* The Script */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/hzwym5hyjvm/WWTBAMflash.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/zewojgvjdym/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt; The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group from this row is&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to raise their hand and whoever raises their hand first gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
attempted by all students in the class. Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
come up to the board and show the rest of the &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;students. The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game. If the &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;student answers it incorrectly, another student&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Game:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.mediafire.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/LinkedList&amp;diff=27173</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/LinkedList</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/LinkedList&amp;diff=27173"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T01:49:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* The Script */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/hzwym5hyjvm/WWTBAMflash.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/zewojgvjdym/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt; The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group&lt;br /&gt;
from this row is allowed to raise their hand and whoever raises their hand first&lt;br /&gt;
gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;attempted by all students in the class.&lt;br /&gt;
Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may come up to the board and show the rest of the &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;students.&lt;br /&gt;
The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game. If the &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;student answers it incorrectly, another student may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Game:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.mediafire.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/LinkedList&amp;diff=27172</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/LinkedList</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/LinkedList&amp;diff=27172"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T01:47:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* The Script */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/hzwym5hyjvm/WWTBAMflash.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/zewojgvjdym/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt; The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group&lt;br /&gt;
from this row is allowed to raise their hand and whoever raises their hand first&lt;br /&gt;
gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is attempted by all students in the class.&lt;br /&gt;
Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may come up to the board and show the rest of the students.&lt;br /&gt;
The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game.&lt;br /&gt;
If the student answers it incorrectly, another student may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Game:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Title Screen appears: Click twice to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
*Question/Money List appears: Click next question to be answered(the question number or the amount of money according to the question number can be clicked).&lt;br /&gt;
*Question Slide appears:&lt;br /&gt;
*#Wait for student/group in row to answer question&lt;br /&gt;
*#Click on the answer button according to the student's answer&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is wrong: proceed to next row's groups to answer the question; return to #1&lt;br /&gt;
*#*If student's answer is right: proceed to next row's groups to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.mediafire.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/LinkedList&amp;diff=27169</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/LinkedList</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/LinkedList&amp;diff=27169"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T01:35:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* The Script */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/hzwym5hyjvm/WWTBAMflash.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/zewojgvjdym/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt; The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group&lt;br /&gt;
from this row is allowed to raise their hand and whoever raises their hand first&lt;br /&gt;
gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question is shown. This question is attempted by all students in the class.&lt;br /&gt;
Whichever student thinks they have the correct million dollar answer, may come up to the board and show the rest of the students.&lt;br /&gt;
The answer will then be determined correct/incorrect by the professor or the correct answer shown on the game.&lt;br /&gt;
If the student answers it incorrectly, another student may attempt to show his/her answer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Game:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.mediafire.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/LinkedList&amp;diff=27167</id>
		<title>CSC 216 F09/LinkedList</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC_216_F09/LinkedList&amp;diff=27167"/>
		<updated>2009-11-17T01:29:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tamccraw: /* The Script */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Who Wants to Be a Rich Computer Scientist?  (Stacks &amp;amp; Queues Exercise) ==&lt;br /&gt;
An interactive game similar to &amp;quot;Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?&amp;quot; that will test your knowledge on stacks and queues&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Tyler Cross, Tyler McCraw&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this exercise is to familiarize students with stacks &amp;amp; queues.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Participants and Props ===&lt;br /&gt;
CSC216 students will play the game in groups of three or less. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A PowerPoint and Flash presentation will be provided.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(If you are not able to run the Flash player, you may use the PowerPoint.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Game Links&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Flashicon.png]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/hzwym5hyjvm/WWTBAMflash.swf WWTBAM Flash Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Powerpointicon.gif]] [http://www.mediafire.com/file/zewojgvjdym/WWTBAM.pptx WWTBAM PowerPoint Game] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This game is a learning exercise for Stacks &amp;amp; Queues in a CS2 level class. The questions are kept at an abstract level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire! The only difference is that our game allows for competition between groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
composed of three or less students, but the final Million Dollar Question is a collaborative effort amongst all groups.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the Million Dollar Question is answered correctly, then Dr. Gehringer has to pay up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt; The class divides into groups of three consisting of people from the same row.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When the game starts the last row is called upon for question #1. Every group&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;from this row is allowed to raise their hand and whoever raises their hand first&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;gets to answer the question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;After each question is attempted (answered right or wrong), the next row's groups compete to answer the following question.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: &amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The game continues to rotate until the final million dollar question. This question is attempted by all students in the class&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.mediafire.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wwtbam1.gif]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tamccraw</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>